1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
70 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
71 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
74 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
75 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
76 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
77 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
78 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
79 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
80 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
81 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
82 CIE = Common Information Entry
83 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
84 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
85 FDE = Frame Description Entry
86 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
87 how to restore registers
89 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
90 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
92 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
98 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
99 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
100 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
103 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
104 || flag_unwind_tables
105 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
110 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
112 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
115 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
116 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
118 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
120 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
122 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
123 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
124 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
125 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
126 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
130 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
134 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
135 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
139 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
144 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
146 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
148 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
152 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
153 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
156 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
158 default_eh_frame_section (void)
160 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
161 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
163 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
167 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
168 must be kept around forever. */
169 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
171 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
172 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
173 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
174 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
176 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
177 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
178 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
179 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
180 define type declaration DIE's. */
181 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
183 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
184 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
185 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
188 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
192 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
193 Information instructions. The register number, offset
194 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
195 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
197 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
199 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
205 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
207 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
209 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
210 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
214 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
216 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
217 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
218 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
220 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
225 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
226 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
227 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
228 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
229 of this structure. */
230 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
233 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
234 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
235 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
238 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
239 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
240 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
241 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
242 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
246 const char *dw_fde_begin;
247 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
248 const char *dw_fde_end;
249 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
250 unsigned funcdef_number;
251 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
252 unsigned nothrow : 1;
253 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
257 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
258 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
260 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
261 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
262 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
263 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
265 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
266 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
269 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
270 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
271 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
274 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
275 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
278 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
279 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
280 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
283 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
284 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
286 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
290 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
292 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
293 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
294 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
296 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
297 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
298 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
299 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
301 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
305 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
306 information for each routine. */
307 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
309 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
310 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
312 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
313 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
315 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
317 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
319 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
320 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
322 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
323 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
324 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
325 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
326 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
327 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
330 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
333 unsigned int refcount;
338 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
340 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
341 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
343 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
345 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
347 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
348 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
349 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
350 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
352 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
354 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
355 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
356 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
357 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
358 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
359 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx);
360 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
361 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
362 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
363 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
365 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
366 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
368 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
369 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
371 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
373 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
374 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
375 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
378 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
379 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
380 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
382 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
383 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
386 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
387 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
390 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
391 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
394 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
395 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
396 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
397 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
398 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
399 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
401 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
403 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
404 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
406 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
407 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
409 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
411 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
413 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
417 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
418 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
419 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
420 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
423 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
424 for the current function. */
425 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
426 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
429 /* Hook used by __throw. */
432 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
434 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
437 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
438 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
441 stripattributes (const char *s)
443 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
448 while (*s && *s != ',')
455 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
458 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
461 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
462 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
463 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
464 bool wrote_return_column = false;
466 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
467 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
469 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
470 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
473 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
474 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
477 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
479 wrote_return_column = true;
481 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
485 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
488 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
489 if (! wrote_return_column)
491 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
492 wrote_return_column = false;
494 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
497 if (! wrote_return_column)
499 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
500 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
501 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
502 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
506 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
509 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
513 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
514 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
516 return "DW_CFA_offset";
518 return "DW_CFA_restore";
522 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
524 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
527 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
528 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
530 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
531 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
532 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
533 case DW_CFA_undefined:
534 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
535 case DW_CFA_same_value:
536 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
537 case DW_CFA_register:
538 return "DW_CFA_register";
539 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
540 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
541 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
542 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
544 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
547 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
548 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
553 case DW_CFA_expression:
554 return "DW_CFA_expression";
555 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
556 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
562 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
563 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
564 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
567 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
568 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
569 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
570 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
571 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
572 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
575 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
581 static inline dw_cfi_ref
584 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
586 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
587 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
588 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
593 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
596 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
600 /* Find the end of the chain. */
601 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
607 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
610 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
612 static char label[20];
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
615 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
619 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
620 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
623 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
627 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
630 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
632 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
633 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
637 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
639 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
642 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
643 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
646 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
650 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
653 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
656 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
658 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
661 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
664 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
667 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
668 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
671 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
678 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
681 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
685 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
688 loc->base_offset = 0;
690 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
691 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
693 if (fde_table_in_use)
695 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
696 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
697 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
701 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
702 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
704 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
706 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
708 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
709 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
711 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
714 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
715 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
716 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
719 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
726 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
729 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
730 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
733 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
736 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
741 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
742 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
744 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
745 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
747 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
748 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
749 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
750 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
755 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
757 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
758 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
760 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
761 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
764 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
765 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
768 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
769 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
770 offset has not changed. */
771 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
772 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
776 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
780 the specified offset. */
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
787 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
788 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
789 register-offset pair is available. */
790 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
792 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
793 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
797 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
800 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
801 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
802 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
803 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
806 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
810 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
812 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
813 the value isn't a register number. */
814 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
817 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
819 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
821 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
823 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
825 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
826 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
827 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
829 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
831 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
835 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
837 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
841 else if (sreg == reg)
842 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
847 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
850 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
854 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
855 from the previous frame's window save area.
857 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
858 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
861 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
863 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
865 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
866 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
869 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
870 pushed onto the stack. */
873 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
877 if (size == old_args_size)
880 old_args_size = size;
883 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
884 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
885 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
888 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
889 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
892 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
894 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
897 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
898 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
901 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
903 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
906 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
907 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
915 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
916 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
919 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
921 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
924 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
927 /* RA is in a register. */
928 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
932 /* RA is on the stack. */
934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
937 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
943 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
945 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
949 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
966 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
1015 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
1017 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1024 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1026 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1033 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1035 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1050 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1051 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1052 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1055 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn)
1057 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1061 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1062 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1063 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1064 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1065 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1070 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1071 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1072 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1073 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1074 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1075 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1076 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1079 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1083 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1084 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1085 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1088 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1090 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1091 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1092 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1093 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1094 offset = -args_size;
1099 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1100 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1101 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1102 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1104 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1106 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1107 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1108 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1116 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1117 cfa.offset += offset;
1119 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1123 args_size += offset;
1127 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1128 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1129 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1134 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1135 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1136 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1138 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1140 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1142 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1145 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1147 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1148 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1151 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1153 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1155 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1157 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1158 queued_reg_saves = q;
1160 last_reg_save_label = label;
1164 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1166 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1168 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1170 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1174 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1175 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1179 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1181 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1183 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1184 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1191 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1192 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1193 value, not an offset. */
1194 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1196 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1197 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1198 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1201 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1202 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1203 users need not read the source code.
1205 The High-Level Picture
1207 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1208 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1209 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1210 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1211 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1213 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1214 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1215 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1216 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1217 saves. This also seems to work.
1219 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1220 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1221 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1222 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1224 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1225 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1226 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1227 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1229 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1231 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1232 consists of a register and an offset.
1233 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1234 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1235 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1236 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1237 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1238 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1239 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1241 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1242 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1243 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1246 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1247 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1248 and cfa_temp.offset.
1250 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1253 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1254 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1255 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1259 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1260 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1263 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.offset unchanged
1266 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1267 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1270 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1271 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1272 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1273 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1274 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1275 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1278 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1279 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1280 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1283 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1291 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1292 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1294 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1295 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1298 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1304 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1308 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1312 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1313 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1314 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1317 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1319 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1324 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1325 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1326 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1328 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1331 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1334 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1335 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1338 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1339 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1340 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1343 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1344 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1345 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1346 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1349 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1352 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1354 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1355 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1356 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1357 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1358 flag is set in them. */
1359 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1362 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1364 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1365 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1366 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1368 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1376 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1377 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1379 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1383 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1384 relative to the current CFA register. */
1385 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1387 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1389 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1395 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1396 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1397 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1398 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1399 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1400 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1401 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1407 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1411 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1414 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1417 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1419 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1425 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1427 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1428 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1430 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1433 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1435 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1438 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1440 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1441 cfa.offset += offset;
1442 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1443 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1445 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1448 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1449 or adjusting the FP */
1450 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1453 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1454 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1455 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1457 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1458 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1460 cfa.offset += offset;
1461 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1468 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1473 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1474 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1476 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1477 into the FP later on. */
1478 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1479 cfa.offset += offset;
1480 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1481 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1482 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1483 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1487 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1488 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1489 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1491 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1492 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1493 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1495 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1496 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1500 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1501 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1503 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1504 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1513 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1514 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1520 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1521 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1524 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1525 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1526 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1529 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1530 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1539 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1543 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1546 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1548 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1553 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1554 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1556 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1558 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1559 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1562 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1563 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1564 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1566 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1572 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1576 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1577 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1580 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1581 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1582 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1584 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1588 /* With an offset. */
1592 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1594 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1595 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1598 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1599 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1600 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1601 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1607 /* Without an offset. */
1609 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1610 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1611 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1612 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1619 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1621 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1622 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1629 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1631 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1633 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1635 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1637 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1638 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1640 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1641 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1646 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1647 calculate the CFA. */
1648 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1650 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1652 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1655 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1656 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1658 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1663 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1664 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1672 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1673 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1674 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1677 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn)
1682 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1689 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1692 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1695 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1699 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1700 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1702 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1704 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1705 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1710 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1711 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1713 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1715 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1717 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1722 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1723 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1724 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1726 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1727 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1732 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1733 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1735 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1738 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1739 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1740 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1743 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1747 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1748 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1749 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1751 case DW_CFA_register:
1752 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1754 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1755 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1757 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1760 case DW_CFA_expression:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1768 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1769 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1770 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1772 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1773 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1781 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1782 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1784 case DW_CFA_register:
1785 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1788 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1792 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1794 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1795 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1796 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1797 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1798 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1801 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1804 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1807 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1809 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1810 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1811 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1812 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1814 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1816 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1819 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1821 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1823 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1828 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1830 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1832 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1834 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1835 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1836 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1839 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1840 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1843 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1844 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1845 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1846 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1849 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1850 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1851 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1852 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1855 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1856 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1857 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1858 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1861 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1862 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1864 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1867 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1869 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1874 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1876 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1881 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1882 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1883 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1885 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1889 case DW_CFA_register:
1890 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1892 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1901 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1902 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1905 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1909 case DW_CFA_expression:
1910 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1913 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1914 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1923 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1924 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1925 location of saved registers. */
1928 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
1933 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1934 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
1935 char augmentation[6];
1936 int augmentation_size;
1937 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1938 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1939 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1941 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1942 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1945 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1946 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1947 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1948 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1951 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1953 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1954 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1955 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
1956 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
1957 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
1958 any_eh_needed = true;
1960 if (! any_eh_needed)
1964 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1969 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1971 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1974 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1976 /* Output the CIE. */
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1979 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1980 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1981 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1983 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1984 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1985 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1986 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1987 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1991 augmentation[0] = 0;
1992 augmentation_size = 0;
1998 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1999 augmentation section.
2000 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2001 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2002 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2004 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2005 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2007 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2008 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2009 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2011 p = augmentation + 1;
2012 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2015 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2017 if (any_lsda_needed)
2020 augmentation_size += 1;
2022 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2025 augmentation_size += 1;
2027 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2029 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2033 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2034 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2036 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2038 + 1 /* CIE version */
2039 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2040 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2041 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2043 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2044 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2045 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2047 augmentation_size += pad;
2049 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2050 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2051 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2056 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2059 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2062 if (augmentation[0])
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2065 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2068 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2069 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2070 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2073 if (any_lsda_needed)
2074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2075 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2077 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2079 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2082 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2083 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2085 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2086 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2087 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2090 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2091 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2093 fde = &fde_table[i];
2095 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2096 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2097 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2098 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2101 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2103 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2109 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2111 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2116 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2117 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2118 "FDE initial location");
2119 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2120 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2121 "FDE address range");
2125 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2126 "FDE initial location");
2127 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2128 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2129 "FDE address range");
2132 if (augmentation[0])
2134 if (any_lsda_needed)
2136 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2138 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2140 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2141 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2142 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2143 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2144 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2147 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2153 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2156 fde->funcdef_number);
2157 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2158 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2159 "Language Specific Data Area");
2163 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2166 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2167 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2174 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2176 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2177 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2178 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2180 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2182 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2186 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2187 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2188 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2189 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2190 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2191 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2194 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2199 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2203 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2204 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2206 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2209 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2211 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2212 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2213 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2215 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2216 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 function_section (current_function_decl);
2224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2225 current_function_funcdef_no);
2226 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2227 current_function_funcdef_no);
2228 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2230 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2231 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2232 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2236 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2237 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2239 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2240 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2241 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2242 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2243 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2246 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2247 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2249 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2250 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2251 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2252 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2253 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2254 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2255 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2256 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2257 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2258 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2260 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2262 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2263 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2264 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2266 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2270 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2271 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2276 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2279 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2281 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2284 current_function_funcdef_no);
2285 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2286 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2287 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2291 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2293 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2294 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2295 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2296 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2298 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2299 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2301 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2302 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2303 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2304 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2309 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2311 /* Output call frame information. */
2312 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2313 output_call_frame_info (0);
2315 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2316 output_call_frame_info (1);
2320 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2321 for emitting location expressions. */
2323 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2324 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2325 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2328 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2329 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2331 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2333 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2334 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2335 implementation are listed below. */
2340 dw_val_class_offset,
2342 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2343 dw_val_class_range_list,
2345 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2346 dw_val_class_long_long,
2349 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2350 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2352 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2356 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2357 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2359 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2366 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2368 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2370 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2389 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2390 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2397 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2424 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2766 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2767 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2768 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2769 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2770 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2795 unsigned long size = 1;
2797 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2823 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2829 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2867 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2870 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2873 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2876 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2877 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2880 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2893 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2909 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2911 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2912 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2923 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2924 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2926 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2951 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2952 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3064 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3086 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3101 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3104 if (cfa->base_offset)
3107 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3109 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3111 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3112 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3114 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3116 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3119 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3136 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3140 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3178 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3181 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3215 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3216 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3219 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3220 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3226 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3252 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3253 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3255 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3257 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3263 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3264 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3265 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3266 dwarf2out_end_block,
3267 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3268 dwarf2out_source_line,
3269 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3270 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3271 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3272 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3273 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3274 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3275 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3276 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3277 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3278 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3279 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3280 something tries to reference them. */
3281 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3282 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3283 debug_nothing_int /* handle_pch */
3287 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3288 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3289 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3291 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3292 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3293 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3294 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3296 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3297 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3299 typedef long int dw_offset;
3301 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3303 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3304 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3305 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3306 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3307 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3309 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3310 line number associated with the label generated for that
3311 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3312 the line number entry. */
3314 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3316 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3317 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3321 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3323 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3325 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3326 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3327 unsigned long function;
3329 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3331 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3332 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3333 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3335 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3337 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3338 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3339 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3343 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3345 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3347 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3349 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3350 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3351 dw_die_ref die_child;
3353 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3354 dw_offset die_offset;
3355 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3360 /* The pubname structure */
3362 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3369 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3374 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3375 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3379 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3383 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3384 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3385 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3388 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3389 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3391 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3392 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3393 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3394 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3395 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3396 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3398 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3399 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3400 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3401 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3402 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3403 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3404 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3405 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3406 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3407 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3409 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3410 language, and compiler version. */
3412 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3413 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3414 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3416 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3417 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3419 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3420 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3421 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3422 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3423 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3425 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3426 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3427 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3428 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3429 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3430 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3432 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3433 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3434 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3435 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3437 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3441 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3442 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3443 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3445 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3446 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3448 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3449 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3451 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3452 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3453 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3454 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3455 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3457 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3458 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3459 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3460 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3463 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3464 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3466 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3467 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3469 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3470 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3471 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3472 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3474 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3475 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3476 number identifying each decl. */
3477 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3479 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3480 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3482 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3483 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3485 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3487 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3489 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3490 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3491 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3492 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3493 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3495 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3496 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3498 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3499 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3501 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3502 abbrev_die_table. */
3503 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3505 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3506 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3507 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3508 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3510 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3511 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3513 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3514 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3516 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3517 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3518 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3519 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3521 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3522 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3524 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3525 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3527 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3529 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3531 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3532 accessible names. */
3533 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3535 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3536 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3538 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3539 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3541 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3543 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3545 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3546 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3548 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3549 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3551 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3552 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3554 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3556 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3558 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3559 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3561 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3562 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3564 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3565 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3567 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3569 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3571 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3572 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3574 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3575 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3576 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3578 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3579 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3582 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3583 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3585 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3586 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3588 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3590 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3592 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3593 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3594 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3595 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3596 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3597 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3599 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3601 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3602 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3603 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3604 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3605 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3606 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3607 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3608 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3609 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3610 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3611 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3612 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3614 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned, long *);
3615 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3616 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3617 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3618 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3619 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3620 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3621 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3622 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3623 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3624 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3625 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3626 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3627 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3628 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3630 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3631 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3632 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3633 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3634 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3635 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3636 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3637 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3639 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3640 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3641 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3642 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3643 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3644 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3645 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3646 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3647 static bool is_c_family (void);
3648 static bool is_cxx (void);
3649 static bool is_java (void);
3650 static bool is_fortran (void);
3651 static bool is_ada (void);
3652 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3653 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3654 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3655 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3656 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3657 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3658 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3659 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3660 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3661 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3662 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3663 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3664 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3665 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3666 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3667 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3668 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3669 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3670 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3671 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3672 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3673 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3674 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3675 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3676 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3677 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3678 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3679 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3680 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3681 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3682 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3683 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3684 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3685 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3686 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3687 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3688 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3689 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3690 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3691 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3692 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3693 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3694 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3695 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3696 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3697 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3698 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3699 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3700 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3701 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3702 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3703 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3704 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3705 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3706 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3707 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3708 static void output_pubnames (void);
3709 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3710 static void output_aranges (void);
3711 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3712 static void output_ranges (void);
3713 static void output_line_info (void);
3714 static void output_file_names (void);
3715 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3716 static tree root_type (tree);
3717 static int is_base_type (tree);
3718 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3719 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3720 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3721 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3722 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx);
3723 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3724 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3725 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3726 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3727 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3728 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3729 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
3730 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3731 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
3732 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3733 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3734 static tree field_type (tree);
3735 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3736 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3737 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3738 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3739 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3741 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3742 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3743 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3744 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3745 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3746 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3747 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3748 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3749 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3750 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3751 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3752 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3753 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3754 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3755 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3756 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3757 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3758 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3759 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3760 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3761 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3762 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3763 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3764 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3765 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3767 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3769 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3770 static void gen_set_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3772 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3774 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3775 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3776 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3777 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3778 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3779 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3780 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3781 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3782 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3783 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3784 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3785 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3786 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3787 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3788 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3789 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3790 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3791 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3792 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3793 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3794 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3795 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3796 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3797 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3798 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3799 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3800 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3801 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3802 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3803 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3804 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3805 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3806 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3807 static void init_file_table (void);
3808 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3809 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3810 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3811 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3812 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3813 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3814 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
3815 const char *, const char *,
3817 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3818 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3820 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3821 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3822 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3823 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3824 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3825 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3826 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3828 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3829 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3830 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3832 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3833 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3835 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3836 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3838 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3839 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3841 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3842 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3844 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3845 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3847 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3848 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3850 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3851 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3853 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3854 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3857 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3858 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3859 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3862 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3863 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3864 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3865 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3868 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3869 the section names themselves. */
3871 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3872 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3874 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3875 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3877 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3878 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3880 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3881 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3883 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3884 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3886 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3887 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3889 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3890 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3893 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3894 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3895 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3896 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3897 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3899 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3900 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3901 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3903 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3904 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3905 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3906 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3908 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3909 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3911 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3912 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3914 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3915 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3917 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3918 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3920 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3921 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3924 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3925 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3927 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3930 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3932 demangle_name_func = func;
3935 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3938 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
3940 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3941 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3942 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3945 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3949 type_main_variant (tree type)
3951 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3953 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3954 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3955 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3956 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3958 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3959 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3960 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3965 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3968 is_tagged_type (tree type)
3970 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3972 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3973 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3976 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3979 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3983 case DW_TAG_padding:
3984 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3985 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3986 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3987 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3988 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3989 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3990 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3991 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3992 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3993 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3994 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3995 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3996 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3998 return "DW_TAG_label";
3999 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4000 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4002 return "DW_TAG_member";
4003 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4004 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4005 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4006 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4007 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4008 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4009 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4010 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4011 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4012 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4013 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4014 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4016 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4017 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4018 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4019 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4020 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4021 case DW_TAG_variant:
4022 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4023 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4024 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4025 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4026 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4027 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4028 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4029 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4030 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4032 return "DW_TAG_module";
4033 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4034 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4035 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4036 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4037 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4038 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4039 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4040 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4041 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4042 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4043 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4044 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4045 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4046 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4047 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4048 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4049 case DW_TAG_constant:
4050 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4051 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4052 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4053 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4054 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4056 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4057 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4058 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4059 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4060 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4061 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4062 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4063 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4064 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4066 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4067 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4068 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4069 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4070 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4071 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4072 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4074 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4075 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4076 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4077 case DW_TAG_variable:
4078 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4079 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4080 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4081 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4082 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4083 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4084 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4085 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4086 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4087 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4088 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4089 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4090 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4091 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4092 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4093 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4094 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4096 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4100 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4103 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4108 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4109 case DW_AT_location:
4110 return "DW_AT_location";
4112 return "DW_AT_name";
4113 case DW_AT_ordering:
4114 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4115 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4116 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4117 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4118 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4119 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4120 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4121 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4122 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4123 case DW_AT_element_list:
4124 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4125 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4126 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4128 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4130 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4131 case DW_AT_language:
4132 return "DW_AT_language";
4134 return "DW_AT_member";
4136 return "DW_AT_discr";
4137 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4138 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4139 case DW_AT_visibility:
4140 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4142 return "DW_AT_import";
4143 case DW_AT_string_length:
4144 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4145 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4146 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4147 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4148 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4149 case DW_AT_const_value:
4150 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4151 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4152 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4153 case DW_AT_default_value:
4154 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4156 return "DW_AT_inline";
4157 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4158 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4159 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4160 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4161 case DW_AT_producer:
4162 return "DW_AT_producer";
4163 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4164 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4165 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4166 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4167 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4168 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4169 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4170 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4171 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4172 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4173 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4174 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4175 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4176 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4177 case DW_AT_address_class:
4178 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4179 case DW_AT_artificial:
4180 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4181 case DW_AT_base_types:
4182 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4183 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4184 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4186 return "DW_AT_count";
4187 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4188 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4189 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4190 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4191 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4192 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4193 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4194 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4195 case DW_AT_declaration:
4196 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4197 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4198 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4199 case DW_AT_encoding:
4200 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4201 case DW_AT_external:
4202 return "DW_AT_external";
4203 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4204 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4206 return "DW_AT_friend";
4207 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4208 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4209 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4210 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4211 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4212 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4213 case DW_AT_priority:
4214 return "DW_AT_priority";
4216 return "DW_AT_segment";
4217 case DW_AT_specification:
4218 return "DW_AT_specification";
4219 case DW_AT_static_link:
4220 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4222 return "DW_AT_type";
4223 case DW_AT_use_location:
4224 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4225 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4226 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4227 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4228 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4229 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4230 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4232 case DW_AT_allocated:
4233 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4234 case DW_AT_associated:
4235 return "DW_AT_associated";
4236 case DW_AT_data_location:
4237 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4239 return "DW_AT_stride";
4240 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4241 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4242 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4243 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4244 case DW_AT_extension:
4245 return "DW_AT_extension";
4247 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4248 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4249 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4250 case DW_AT_call_column:
4251 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4252 case DW_AT_call_file:
4253 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4254 case DW_AT_call_line:
4255 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4257 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4258 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4259 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4260 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4261 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4262 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4263 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4264 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4265 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4266 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4267 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4268 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4269 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4270 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4271 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4272 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4273 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4274 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4275 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4276 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4277 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4278 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4280 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4281 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4282 case DW_AT_src_info:
4283 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4284 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4285 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4286 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4287 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4288 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4289 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4290 case DW_AT_body_end:
4291 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4292 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4293 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4295 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4296 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4299 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4303 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4306 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4311 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4312 case DW_FORM_block2:
4313 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4314 case DW_FORM_block4:
4315 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4317 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4319 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4321 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4322 case DW_FORM_string:
4323 return "DW_FORM_string";
4325 return "DW_FORM_block";
4326 case DW_FORM_block1:
4327 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4329 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4331 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4333 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4335 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4337 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4338 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4339 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4341 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4343 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4345 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4347 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4348 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4349 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4350 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4351 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4353 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4357 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4361 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4365 case DW_ATE_address:
4366 return "DW_ATE_address";
4367 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4368 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4369 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4370 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4372 return "DW_ATE_float";
4374 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4375 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4376 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4377 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4378 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4379 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4380 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4382 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4387 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4388 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4389 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4390 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4394 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4396 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4397 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4398 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4399 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4402 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4403 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4404 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4405 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4409 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4412 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4413 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4414 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4415 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4419 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4421 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4423 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4424 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4425 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4426 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4429 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4434 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4438 ret_val = lookahead;
4439 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4440 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4442 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4448 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4449 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4453 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4455 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4457 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4458 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4460 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4461 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4463 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4464 context = NULL_TREE;
4469 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4470 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4473 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4475 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4477 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4478 die->die_attr = attr;
4482 static inline enum dw_val_class
4483 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4485 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4488 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4491 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4493 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4495 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4496 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4497 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4498 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4499 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4502 static inline unsigned
4503 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4505 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4506 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4511 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4514 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4516 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4518 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4519 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4520 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4521 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4522 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4525 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4526 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4528 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4529 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4534 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4537 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4538 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4540 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4542 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4543 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4544 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4545 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4546 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4549 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4550 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4552 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4553 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4558 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4561 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4562 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4564 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4566 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4567 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4568 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4569 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4570 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4571 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4574 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4577 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4578 unsigned int length, long int *array)
4580 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4582 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4583 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4584 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4585 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4586 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4587 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4590 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4593 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4595 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4599 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4601 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4602 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4605 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4608 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4610 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4611 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4614 if (! debug_str_hash)
4615 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4616 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4618 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4619 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4621 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4622 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4623 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4626 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4627 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4628 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4629 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4630 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4633 static inline const char *
4634 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4636 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4637 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4642 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4643 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4646 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4648 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4650 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4654 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4658 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4660 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4661 always better to put it inline. */
4662 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4663 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4665 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4666 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4668 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4669 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4670 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4672 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4673 ++dw2_string_counter;
4674 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4676 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4682 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4685 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4687 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4689 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4690 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4691 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4692 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4693 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4694 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4697 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4698 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4701 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4703 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4704 if (targ_die->die_definition)
4706 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4709 static inline dw_die_ref
4710 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4712 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4713 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4719 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4721 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4722 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4728 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4730 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4731 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4736 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4739 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4741 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4743 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4744 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4745 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4746 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4747 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4750 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4753 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4755 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4757 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4758 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4759 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4760 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4761 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4764 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4765 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4767 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4768 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4774 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4776 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4778 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4779 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4780 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4781 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4782 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4783 have_location_lists = 1;
4786 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4787 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4789 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4790 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4795 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4798 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4800 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4802 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4803 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4804 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4805 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4806 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4810 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4812 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4813 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4818 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4821 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4823 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4825 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4826 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4827 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4828 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4829 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4832 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4835 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4837 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4839 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4840 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4841 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4842 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4843 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4846 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4849 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4850 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4852 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4854 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4855 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4856 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4857 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4861 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4864 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4865 long unsigned int offset)
4867 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4869 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4870 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4871 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4872 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4873 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4876 static inline const char *
4877 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4879 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4880 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4881 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4886 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4889 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4892 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4896 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4897 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4899 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4900 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4904 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4910 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4911 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4912 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4914 static inline const char *
4915 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4917 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4919 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4922 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4923 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4924 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4926 static inline const char *
4927 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4929 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4931 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4934 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4935 NULL if it is not present. */
4937 static inline const char *
4938 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4940 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4942 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4945 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4946 if it is not present. */
4949 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4951 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4953 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4956 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4957 if it is not present. */
4959 static inline unsigned
4960 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4962 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4964 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4967 static inline dw_die_ref
4968 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4970 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4972 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4975 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4980 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4982 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4983 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4986 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4991 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
4992 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4995 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5000 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5002 return lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90;
5005 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5010 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5012 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5015 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5020 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5022 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5025 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5027 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5029 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5031 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5032 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5033 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5036 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5039 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5042 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5046 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5047 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5050 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5059 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5062 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5064 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5065 current = die->die_child;
5067 while (current != NULL)
5069 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5071 next = current->die_sib;
5073 die->die_child = next;
5075 prev->die_sib = next;
5082 current = current->die_sib;
5087 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5090 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5092 remove_children (die);
5095 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5098 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5100 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5102 die->die_child = NULL;
5104 while (child_die != NULL)
5106 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5109 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5111 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5113 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5115 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5123 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5124 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5127 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5129 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5131 if (die == child_die)
5134 child_die->die_parent = die;
5135 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5136 die->die_child = child_die;
5140 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5141 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5144 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5148 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5149 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5150 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5152 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5158 if (child->die_parent != parent
5159 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5162 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5165 *p = child->die_sib;
5169 child->die_parent = parent;
5170 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5171 parent->die_child = child;
5174 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5176 static inline dw_die_ref
5177 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5179 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5181 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5183 if (parent_die != NULL)
5184 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5187 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5189 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5190 limbo_node->die = die;
5191 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5192 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5193 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5199 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5201 static inline dw_die_ref
5202 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5204 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5207 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5210 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5212 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5215 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5217 static inline dw_die_ref
5218 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5220 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5222 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5225 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5228 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5230 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5231 unsigned int num_allocated;
5233 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5236 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5237 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5238 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5240 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5241 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5243 memset (&decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5244 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5245 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5248 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5249 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5251 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5254 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5255 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5256 the DIE internal representation. */
5257 static int print_indent;
5259 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5262 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5264 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5267 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5268 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5271 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5276 print_spaces (outfile);
5277 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5278 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5279 print_spaces (outfile);
5280 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5281 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5283 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5285 print_spaces (outfile);
5286 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5288 switch (AT_class (a))
5290 case dw_val_class_addr:
5291 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5293 case dw_val_class_offset:
5294 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5296 case dw_val_class_loc:
5297 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5299 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5300 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5301 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5303 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5304 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5306 case dw_val_class_const:
5307 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5309 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5310 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5312 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5313 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5314 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5315 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5317 case dw_val_class_float:
5318 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5320 case dw_val_class_flag:
5321 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5323 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5324 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5326 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5327 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5329 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5332 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5334 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5335 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5336 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5338 case dw_val_class_str:
5339 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5340 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5342 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5348 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5351 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5354 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5355 print_die (c, outfile);
5359 if (print_indent == 0)
5360 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5363 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5364 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5367 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5370 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5372 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5373 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5375 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5376 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5377 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5378 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5379 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5380 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5383 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5386 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5389 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5391 print_die (die, stderr);
5394 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5395 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5401 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5402 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5403 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5406 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5407 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5408 they are in order of addition. */
5411 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5413 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5414 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5416 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5418 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5419 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5425 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5432 die->die_child = cp;
5435 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5436 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5437 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5438 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5439 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5442 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5446 reverse_die_lists (die);
5448 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5449 reverse_all_dies (c);
5452 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5453 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5454 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5457 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5459 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5460 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5462 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5466 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5469 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5471 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5473 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5477 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5478 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5480 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5483 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5485 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5486 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5487 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5490 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5493 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5495 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5498 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5500 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5501 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5502 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5503 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5504 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5507 switch (AT_class (at))
5509 case dw_val_class_const:
5510 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5512 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5513 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5515 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5516 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5518 case dw_val_class_float:
5519 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5521 case dw_val_class_flag:
5522 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5524 case dw_val_class_str:
5525 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5528 case dw_val_class_addr:
5530 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5533 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5541 case dw_val_class_offset:
5542 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5545 case dw_val_class_loc:
5546 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5547 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5550 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5551 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5554 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5555 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5556 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5564 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5567 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5572 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5575 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5578 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5580 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5582 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5583 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5585 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5586 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5590 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5592 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5594 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5596 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5597 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5598 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5601 /* Do the values look the same? */
5603 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5605 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5609 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5612 switch (v1->val_class)
5614 case dw_val_class_const:
5615 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5616 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5617 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5618 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5619 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5620 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5621 case dw_val_class_float:
5622 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5624 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5625 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5628 case dw_val_class_flag:
5629 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5630 case dw_val_class_str:
5631 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5633 case dw_val_class_addr:
5634 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5635 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5636 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5638 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5641 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5647 case dw_val_class_offset:
5648 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5650 case dw_val_class_loc:
5651 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5653 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5654 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5656 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5658 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5659 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5661 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5662 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5663 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5671 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5674 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5676 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5679 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5680 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5681 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5682 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5683 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5686 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5689 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5692 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5697 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5699 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5700 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5702 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5705 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5707 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5708 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5713 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5715 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5716 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5724 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5727 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5730 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5732 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5733 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5738 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5740 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5742 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5743 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5745 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5746 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5749 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5751 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5752 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5753 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5756 unsigned char checksum[16];
5759 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5760 the name filename of the unit. */
5762 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5764 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5765 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5766 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5768 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5769 clean_symbol_name (name);
5771 p = name + strlen (name);
5772 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5774 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5778 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5779 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5782 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5785 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5787 switch (die->die_tag)
5789 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5790 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5791 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5792 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5793 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5794 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5795 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5796 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5797 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5798 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5799 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5800 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5801 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5802 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5803 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5804 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5805 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5806 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5813 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5814 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5815 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5816 compilations (functions). */
5819 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
5821 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5822 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5823 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5824 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5826 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5829 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5830 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5831 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5832 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5834 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5836 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5839 return is_type_die (c);
5842 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5843 compilation unit. */
5846 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
5848 return (is_type_die (c)
5849 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5850 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5854 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
5858 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5859 return xstrdup (buf);
5862 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5865 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
5869 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5871 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5873 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5875 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5876 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5877 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5880 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5883 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5884 assign_symbol_names (c);
5887 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5890 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5891 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5894 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5896 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
5898 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5900 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
5904 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
5906 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
5907 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
5909 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
5913 htab_cu_del (void *what)
5915 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
5925 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5928 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
5930 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
5931 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
5933 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
5935 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5936 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5940 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
5942 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
5948 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
5952 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
5954 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
5955 entry->next = *slot;
5961 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5963 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
5965 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
5967 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5968 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5972 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
5975 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5976 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5977 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5980 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
5983 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5984 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
5985 htab_t cu_hash_table;
5987 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
5989 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5991 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5992 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5994 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5997 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5999 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6002 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6004 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6008 add_child_die (unit, c);
6012 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6013 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6019 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6020 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6025 assign_symbol_names (die);
6026 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6027 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6033 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6034 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6035 &comdat_symbol_number);
6036 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6038 *pnode = node->next;
6041 pnode = &node->next;
6042 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6043 comdat_symbol_number);
6046 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6049 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6050 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6051 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6054 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6058 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6059 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6060 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6061 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6063 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6064 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6067 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6070 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6075 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6076 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6077 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6079 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6080 output_location_lists (c);
6084 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6085 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6086 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6087 die are visited recursively. */
6090 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6092 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6093 unsigned int n_alloc;
6095 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6097 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6098 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6099 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6100 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6101 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6103 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6106 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6109 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6111 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6113 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6115 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6117 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6118 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6120 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6122 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6123 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6126 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6127 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6130 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6136 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6138 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6140 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6141 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6142 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6144 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6145 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6146 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6149 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6150 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6153 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6154 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6155 build_abbrev_table (c);
6158 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6161 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6168 log = floor_log2 (value);
6171 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6176 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6177 .debug_info section. */
6179 static unsigned long
6180 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6182 unsigned long size = 0;
6185 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6186 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6188 switch (AT_class (a))
6190 case dw_val_class_addr:
6191 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6193 case dw_val_class_offset:
6194 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6196 case dw_val_class_loc:
6198 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6201 size += constant_size (lsize);
6205 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6206 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6208 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6209 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6211 case dw_val_class_const:
6212 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6214 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6215 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6217 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6218 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6220 case dw_val_class_float:
6221 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6223 case dw_val_class_flag:
6226 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6227 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6228 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6230 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6232 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6233 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6235 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6236 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6238 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6239 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6241 case dw_val_class_str:
6242 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6243 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6245 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6255 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6256 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6257 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6258 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6261 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6265 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6266 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6268 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6271 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6272 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6273 next_die_offset += 1;
6276 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6277 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6278 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6279 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6282 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6290 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6294 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6297 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6305 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6309 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6312 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6321 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6322 unmark_all_dies (c);
6324 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6325 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6326 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6329 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6330 compilation unit. */
6332 static unsigned long
6333 size_of_pubnames (void)
6338 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6339 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6341 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6342 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6345 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6349 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6351 static unsigned long
6352 size_of_aranges (void)
6356 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6358 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6359 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6360 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6362 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6363 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6367 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6369 static enum dwarf_form
6370 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6372 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6374 case dw_val_class_addr:
6375 return DW_FORM_addr;
6376 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6377 case dw_val_class_offset:
6378 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6379 return DW_FORM_data4;
6380 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6381 return DW_FORM_data8;
6383 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6384 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6385 .debug_loc section */
6386 return DW_FORM_data4;
6387 case dw_val_class_loc:
6388 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6391 return DW_FORM_block1;
6393 return DW_FORM_block2;
6397 case dw_val_class_const:
6398 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6399 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6400 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6403 return DW_FORM_data1;
6405 return DW_FORM_data2;
6407 return DW_FORM_data4;
6409 return DW_FORM_data8;
6413 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6414 return DW_FORM_block1;
6415 case dw_val_class_float:
6416 return DW_FORM_block1;
6417 case dw_val_class_flag:
6418 return DW_FORM_flag;
6419 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6420 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6421 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6424 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6425 return DW_FORM_data;
6426 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6427 return DW_FORM_addr;
6428 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6429 return DW_FORM_data;
6430 case dw_val_class_str:
6431 return AT_string_form (a);
6438 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6441 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6443 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6448 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6452 output_abbrev_section (void)
6454 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6458 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6460 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6464 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6466 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6471 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6472 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6474 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6475 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6476 output_value_format (a_attr);
6479 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6483 /* Terminate the table. */
6484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6487 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6490 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6492 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6497 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6498 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6499 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6501 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6503 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6506 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6507 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6508 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6510 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6511 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6512 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6514 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6516 retlist->begin = begin;
6518 retlist->expr = expr;
6519 retlist->section = section;
6521 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6526 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6529 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6530 const char *begin, const char *end,
6531 const char *section)
6535 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6536 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6539 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6540 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6543 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6546 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6548 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6550 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6552 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6553 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6554 in more than one section. */
6555 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6557 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6558 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6559 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6560 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6561 "Location list base address specifier base");
6564 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6568 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6569 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6570 list_head->ll_symbol);
6571 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6572 "Location list end address (%s)",
6573 list_head->ll_symbol);
6574 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6576 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6579 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6581 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6584 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6585 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6586 list_head->ll_symbol);
6587 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6588 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6589 list_head->ll_symbol);
6592 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6593 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6596 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6602 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6603 them to point to. */
6604 if (die->die_symbol)
6605 output_die_symbol (die);
6607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6608 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6610 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6612 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6614 switch (AT_class (a))
6616 case dw_val_class_addr:
6617 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6620 case dw_val_class_offset:
6621 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6625 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6627 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6629 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6630 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6631 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6637 case dw_val_class_loc:
6638 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6640 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6641 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6643 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6646 case dw_val_class_const:
6647 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6648 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6649 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6650 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6653 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6654 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6655 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6658 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6660 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6662 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6663 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6666 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6668 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6669 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6673 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6674 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6677 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6678 first, "long long constant");
6679 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6684 case dw_val_class_float:
6688 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6691 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6692 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6693 "fp constant word %u", i);
6697 case dw_val_class_flag:
6698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6701 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6703 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6707 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6708 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6712 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6713 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6715 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6719 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6721 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6724 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6728 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6733 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6734 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6738 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6739 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6742 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6743 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6746 case dw_val_class_str:
6747 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6748 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6749 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6750 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6752 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6760 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6763 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6764 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6765 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6769 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6770 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6773 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6775 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6776 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6777 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6778 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6779 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6780 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6781 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6782 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6783 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6787 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6790 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6792 const char *secname;
6795 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6796 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6799 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6800 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6801 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6802 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6803 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6806 build_abbrev_table (die);
6808 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6809 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6810 calc_die_sizes (die);
6812 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6815 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6817 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6819 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6822 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6824 /* Output debugging information. */
6825 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6826 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6829 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6834 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6838 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6839 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6840 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6843 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
6845 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6848 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6851 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6855 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6858 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6860 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6862 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6863 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6864 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6865 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6868 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6870 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6873 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6874 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6875 visible procedures. */
6878 output_pubnames (void)
6881 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6883 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6884 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6885 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6886 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6887 "Length of Public Names Info");
6888 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6889 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6890 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6891 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6892 "Compilation Unit Length");
6894 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6896 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6898 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6899 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6905 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6911 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6914 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6916 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6919 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6921 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6922 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
6923 (arange_table_allocated
6924 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
6925 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
6926 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6929 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6932 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6933 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6934 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6937 output_aranges (void)
6940 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6942 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6943 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6944 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6945 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6946 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6947 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6948 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6949 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6953 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6954 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6956 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6958 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6959 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6960 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6961 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6965 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6966 text_section_label, "Length");
6968 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
6970 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6972 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6973 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6976 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6978 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6980 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6981 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6985 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6986 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6987 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6988 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6989 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6991 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6995 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6998 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6999 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7000 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7001 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7006 /* Output the terminator words. */
7007 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7008 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7011 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7015 add_ranges (tree block)
7017 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7019 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7021 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7023 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7024 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7025 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7026 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7029 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7030 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7032 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7036 output_ranges (void)
7039 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7040 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7042 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7044 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7048 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7049 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7051 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7054 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7055 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7056 base of the text section. */
7057 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7059 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7061 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7062 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7063 text_section_label, NULL);
7066 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7067 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7068 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7069 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7072 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7073 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7074 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7088 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7091 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7092 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7093 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7094 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7095 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7098 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7102 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7103 int length; /* Path length. */
7104 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7105 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7106 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7107 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7110 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7111 the directories in the path. */
7114 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7116 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7117 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7121 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7122 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7123 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7124 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7125 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7126 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7127 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7129 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7130 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7136 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7137 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7138 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7139 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7140 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7142 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7143 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7148 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7149 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7150 slowdowns with many input files. */
7153 output_file_names (void)
7155 struct file_info *files;
7156 struct dir_info *dirs;
7165 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7166 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7173 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7174 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7175 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7177 /* Sort the file names. */
7178 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7182 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7183 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7184 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7187 /* Create a new array entry. */
7189 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7190 files[i].file_idx = i;
7192 /* Search for the file name part. */
7193 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7194 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7197 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7198 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7200 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7201 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7202 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7203 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7205 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7207 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7210 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7211 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7212 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7213 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7215 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7216 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7217 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7223 /* This is a new directory. */
7224 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7225 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7226 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7227 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7228 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7229 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7231 /* Search for a prefix. */
7232 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7233 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7234 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7235 && dirs[j].length > 1
7236 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7237 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7238 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7239 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7244 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7245 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7246 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7247 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7248 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7249 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7250 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7251 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7253 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7254 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7259 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7260 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7261 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7262 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7264 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7267 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7269 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7274 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7279 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7280 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7282 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7283 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7288 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7290 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7292 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7293 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7294 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7296 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7297 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7299 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7300 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7305 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7306 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7307 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7308 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7309 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7311 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7313 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7314 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7317 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7318 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7319 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7320 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7321 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7323 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7324 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7325 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7327 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7328 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7329 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7332 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7334 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7336 if (idx_offset == 0)
7339 /* Now write all the file names. */
7340 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7342 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7343 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7345 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7346 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7348 /* Include directory index. */
7349 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7351 /* Modification time. */
7352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7354 /* File length in bytes. */
7355 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7362 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7363 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7366 output_line_info (void)
7368 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7369 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7370 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7373 unsigned long lt_index;
7374 unsigned long current_line;
7377 unsigned long current_file;
7378 unsigned long function;
7380 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7381 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7382 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7385 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7386 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7387 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7388 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7389 "Length of Source Line Info");
7390 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7392 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7393 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7394 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7396 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7397 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7398 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7399 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7400 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7401 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7402 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7403 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7405 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7407 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7408 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7409 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7410 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7411 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7412 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7414 "Special Opcode Base");
7416 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7420 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7421 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7422 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7423 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7424 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7436 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7437 output_file_names ();
7438 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7440 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7441 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7442 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7444 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7445 a series of state machine operations. */
7448 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7449 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7451 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7454 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7455 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7458 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7459 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7460 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7461 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7462 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7466 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7468 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7469 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7470 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7471 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7472 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7473 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7475 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7478 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7480 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7481 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7485 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7486 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7488 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7489 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7490 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7493 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7495 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7496 different from the previous line. */
7497 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7499 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7500 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7501 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7502 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7506 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7507 that uses the least amount of space. */
7508 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7510 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7511 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7512 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7513 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7514 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7515 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7518 "line %lu", current_line);
7521 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7522 depending on the value being encoded. */
7523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7524 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7525 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7530 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7534 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7537 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7538 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7539 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7546 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7550 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7551 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7556 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7558 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7559 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7562 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7563 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7564 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7565 && line_info->function == function)
7569 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7570 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7571 to handle it differently. */
7572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7574 if (function != line_info->function)
7576 function = line_info->function;
7578 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7580 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7582 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7586 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7589 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7590 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7591 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7596 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7598 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7602 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7604 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7605 different from the previous line. */
7606 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7608 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7610 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7611 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7615 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7616 that uses the least amount of space. */
7617 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7619 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7620 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7621 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7622 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7624 "line %lu", current_line);
7627 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7628 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7629 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7634 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7642 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7643 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7644 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7649 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7650 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7654 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7655 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7665 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7667 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7672 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7673 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7676 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7677 a DIE that describes the given type.
7679 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7680 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7683 base_type_die (tree type)
7685 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7686 const char *type_name;
7687 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7688 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7690 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7695 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7696 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7698 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7701 type_name = "__unknown__";
7703 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7706 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7707 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7708 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7710 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7711 && (type == char_type_node
7712 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7713 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7715 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7716 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7718 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7721 /* else fall through. */
7724 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7725 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7726 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7728 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7732 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7735 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7736 a user defined type for it. */
7738 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7739 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7741 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7745 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7746 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7750 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7754 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7755 if (demangle_name_func)
7756 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7758 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7759 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7760 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7761 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7763 return base_type_result;
7766 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7767 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7768 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7769 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7770 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7771 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7772 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7773 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7776 root_type (tree type)
7778 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7779 return error_mark_node;
7781 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7784 return error_mark_node;
7787 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7788 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7791 return type_main_variant (type);
7795 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7796 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7799 is_base_type (tree type)
7801 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7816 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7821 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7835 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7836 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7837 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7838 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7841 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7842 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
7844 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7845 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7846 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7848 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7849 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7851 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7854 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7855 emitted as a subrange type. */
7858 is_subrange_type (tree type)
7860 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
7862 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7863 && subtype != NULL_TREE)
7865 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == INTEGER_TYPE)
7867 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7873 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7874 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7877 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
7879 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
7880 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7881 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7882 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
7884 if (context_die == NULL)
7885 context_die = comp_unit_die;
7887 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7888 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7890 subtype_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type));
7892 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
7896 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7897 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7898 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
7901 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
7903 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7904 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7905 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
7908 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7909 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
7910 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
7911 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7912 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
7913 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
7914 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
7916 return subrange_die;
7919 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7920 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7923 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
7924 dw_die_ref context_die)
7926 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7927 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7928 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7929 tree item_type = NULL;
7931 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7933 tree qualified_type;
7935 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7938 = get_qualified_type (type,
7939 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7941 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7943 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7946 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7948 return mod_type_die;
7951 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7952 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7953 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7954 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7956 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7957 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7959 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7961 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7962 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7963 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7965 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7966 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7967 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7968 type to which it refers. */
7970 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7971 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7974 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7980 else if (is_const_type)
7982 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7983 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7985 else if (is_volatile_type)
7987 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7988 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7990 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7992 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7993 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
7994 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7996 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7998 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8000 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8002 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8003 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8004 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8006 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8008 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8010 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8011 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8012 else if (is_base_type (type))
8013 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8016 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8018 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8019 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8020 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8021 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8022 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8024 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8025 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8027 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8028 not the main variant. */
8029 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8030 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8034 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8035 type = qualified_type;
8039 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8041 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8042 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8043 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8044 types are possible in Ada. */
8045 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8046 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8047 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8050 if (sub_die != NULL)
8051 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8053 return mod_type_die;
8056 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8057 an enumerated type. */
8060 type_is_enum (tree type)
8062 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8065 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8068 reg_number (rtx rtl)
8070 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8072 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8075 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8078 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8079 zero if there is none. */
8081 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8082 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8087 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8090 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8091 regs = (*targetm.dwarf_register_span) (rtl);
8093 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg, GET_MODE (rtl)) > 1
8095 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8097 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8100 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8101 a given hard register number. */
8103 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8104 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8107 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8109 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8112 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8113 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8115 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8116 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8120 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8122 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8123 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg, GET_MODE (rtl));
8125 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8126 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8128 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8135 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8136 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8137 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8143 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8145 if (GET_CODE (regs) != PARALLEL)
8148 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8151 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8155 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8156 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8157 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8158 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8163 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8165 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8166 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8168 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8170 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8171 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8175 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8178 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8180 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8190 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8192 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8193 || i >= -0x80000000)
8199 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8202 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8204 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8205 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8207 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8208 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8209 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8211 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8212 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8213 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8216 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8218 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8220 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8225 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8228 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8230 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8231 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8232 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8233 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8236 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8237 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8238 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8239 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8241 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8242 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8243 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8244 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8246 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8247 autoincrement addressing modes.
8249 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8251 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8252 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8254 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8256 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8257 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8258 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8259 zeroth element of the array. */
8261 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8263 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8268 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8269 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8271 /* ... fall through ... */
8274 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8275 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8276 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8277 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8278 contains the given subreg. */
8279 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8281 /* ... fall through ... */
8284 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8285 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8286 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8287 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8288 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8289 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8290 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8291 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8292 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8293 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8294 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8295 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8296 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8297 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8298 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
8302 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8303 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8304 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8308 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8310 /* ... fall through ... */
8313 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8314 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8318 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8319 by a different symbol. */
8320 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8323 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8325 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8328 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8329 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8334 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8335 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8336 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8337 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8342 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8343 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8344 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8345 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8349 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8351 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8356 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8358 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8359 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8360 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8361 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8363 /* ... fall through ... */
8367 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8368 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8369 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8372 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8373 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8376 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8377 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8378 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8379 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8380 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8383 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8384 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8385 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8386 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8393 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8394 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8395 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8396 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8398 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8401 mem_loc_result = op0;
8402 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8403 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8408 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8412 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8414 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8415 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8423 return mem_loc_result;
8426 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8427 This is typically a complex variable. */
8429 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8430 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8432 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8433 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8434 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8436 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8439 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8440 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8441 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8442 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8444 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8445 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8446 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8447 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8449 return cc_loc_result;
8452 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8453 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8454 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8455 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8456 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8458 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8460 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8461 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8463 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8465 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8468 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8469 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8470 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8471 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8472 contains the given subreg. */
8473 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8475 /* ... fall through ... */
8478 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8482 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8486 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8496 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8497 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8498 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8499 descriptor, return 0. */
8501 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8502 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int addressp)
8504 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8506 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8507 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8509 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8510 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8513 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8518 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8519 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8520 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8521 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8522 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8523 the names of types. */
8530 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8531 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8532 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8533 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8534 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8535 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8536 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8537 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8540 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8541 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8545 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8549 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8550 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8554 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8555 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8556 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8559 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8560 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8563 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8565 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8566 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8569 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8570 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8571 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8573 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8574 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8583 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8585 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8587 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8589 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8590 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8591 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8596 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8598 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8601 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8604 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8610 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8615 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8619 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8620 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8623 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8628 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8631 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8632 enum machine_mode mode;
8635 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8636 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8641 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8643 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8646 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8648 /* Variable offset. */
8649 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8650 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8656 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8658 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8659 else if (bytepos < 0)
8661 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8662 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8668 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8669 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8676 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8677 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8678 enum machine_mode mode;
8680 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8682 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8683 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8685 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8688 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8692 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8693 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8698 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8704 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8709 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
8711 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
8712 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8720 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
8722 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
8723 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8736 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8740 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8741 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8743 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8747 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8748 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8749 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8759 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8766 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8773 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8780 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8795 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8796 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8797 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8800 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8801 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8804 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8818 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8822 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8826 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8827 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8828 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8829 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8831 /* ... fall through ... */
8835 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8836 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8837 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8838 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8839 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8841 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8842 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8845 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8846 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8848 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8849 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8850 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8852 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8853 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8854 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8856 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8857 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8858 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8859 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8860 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8865 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8866 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8867 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
8868 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
8871 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8872 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8876 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8877 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8880 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8881 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8883 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8885 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8887 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8890 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8892 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8898 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8899 which is not less than the value itself. */
8901 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8902 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
8904 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8907 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8908 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8909 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8913 field_type (tree decl)
8917 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8918 return integer_type_node;
8920 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8921 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8922 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8927 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8928 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8929 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8931 static inline unsigned
8932 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
8934 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8937 static inline unsigned
8938 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
8940 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8943 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8944 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8945 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8946 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8947 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8950 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8951 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
8953 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8954 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8955 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8956 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8958 tree field_size_tree;
8959 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8960 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8961 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8963 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8965 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8968 type = field_type (decl);
8969 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8971 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8972 a flexible array member. */
8973 if (! field_size_tree)
8974 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8976 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8977 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8978 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8979 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8982 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8984 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8985 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8986 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8988 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8990 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8991 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8992 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8994 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8995 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8996 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8997 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8998 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8999 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9000 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9001 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9003 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9005 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9006 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9007 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9008 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9009 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9010 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9011 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9012 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9013 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9014 bits of the bit-field itself.
9016 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9017 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9018 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9019 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9020 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9021 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9022 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9023 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9024 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9026 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9027 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9028 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9029 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9030 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9031 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9033 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9034 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9035 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9037 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9038 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9039 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9041 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9042 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9043 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9044 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9046 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9048 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9049 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9051 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9052 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9053 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9054 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9057 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9060 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9061 associated with them. */
9063 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9065 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9066 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9067 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9070 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9071 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9074 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9077 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9078 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9079 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9080 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9081 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9082 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9085 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9086 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9087 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9088 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9089 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9090 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9091 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9092 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9093 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9097 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9099 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9100 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9102 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9104 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9105 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9107 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9108 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9109 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9110 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9112 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9114 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9116 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9118 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9119 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9120 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9122 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9123 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9124 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9126 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9127 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9131 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9132 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9133 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9134 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9136 /* Extract the offset. */
9137 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9138 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9140 /* Add it to the object address. */
9141 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9142 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9145 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9148 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9152 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9154 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9155 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9156 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9158 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9159 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9160 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9164 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9167 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9170 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9173 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9174 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9175 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9176 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9177 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9180 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9182 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9186 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9189 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9191 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9196 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9197 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9198 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9199 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9201 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9203 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9205 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9206 long *array = ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9209 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9210 real_to_target (array, &rv, mode);
9212 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9216 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9217 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9220 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9221 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9227 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9233 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9234 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9238 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9239 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9240 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9241 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9242 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9243 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9244 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9245 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9246 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9247 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9248 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9252 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9259 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9263 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9264 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9265 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9267 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9268 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9269 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9270 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9271 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9272 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9273 referenced within the function.
9275 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9276 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9277 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9278 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9280 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9281 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9282 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9283 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9284 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9285 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9287 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9288 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9289 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9290 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9291 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9292 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9293 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9294 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9295 output at debug-time.
9297 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9298 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9299 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9300 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9301 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9302 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9303 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9304 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9305 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9306 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9307 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9308 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9309 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9311 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9312 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9313 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9314 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9315 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9316 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9317 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9318 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9321 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9322 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9323 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9324 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9325 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9326 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9327 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9328 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9329 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9330 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9331 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9332 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9333 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9336 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9337 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9339 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9340 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9342 if (! reload_completed)
9345 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9346 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9347 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9348 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG
9349 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9350 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9352 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9357 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9359 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9361 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9362 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9364 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9365 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9366 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9367 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9368 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9369 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9370 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9371 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9372 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9373 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9376 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9377 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9378 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9379 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9380 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9381 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9383 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9384 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9385 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9386 /* Not passed in memory. */
9387 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9388 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9389 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9390 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9391 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9392 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9393 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9396 /* Big endian correction check. */
9398 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9399 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9402 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9403 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9405 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9406 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9410 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9412 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9413 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9414 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9415 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9419 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9420 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9421 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9422 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9424 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9425 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9426 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9427 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9429 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9430 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9431 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9432 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9433 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9435 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9437 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9438 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9439 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9440 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9441 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9442 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9443 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9445 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9446 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9447 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9448 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9449 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9451 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9452 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9453 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9454 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9460 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9462 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9463 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9464 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9466 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9471 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9472 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9473 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9474 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9475 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9476 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9477 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9478 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9479 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9480 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9483 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9486 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9488 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9490 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9493 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9494 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9497 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9500 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9501 don't emit anything. */
9511 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9512 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9516 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9518 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9519 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9520 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9521 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9522 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9529 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9531 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9536 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9537 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9538 enum machine_mode mode;
9541 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9542 descr = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9543 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9544 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9545 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9546 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9548 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9550 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9551 add_loc_descr (&descr, temp);
9552 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9553 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9554 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
9555 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9558 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9566 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9567 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9568 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9571 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
9573 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9574 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9576 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9577 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9582 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9585 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9586 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9587 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9589 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9590 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9591 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9598 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9599 the value of the attribute. */
9602 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
9604 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9606 if (demangle_name_func)
9607 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9609 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9613 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9616 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
9618 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
9620 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9623 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9624 a representation for that bound. */
9627 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
9629 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9634 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9636 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9637 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9638 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9639 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9640 /* use the default */
9643 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9648 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9649 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9650 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9654 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9655 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9656 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9657 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9658 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9659 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9660 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9661 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9662 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9663 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9664 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9665 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9666 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9667 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9668 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9669 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9670 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9671 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9673 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9674 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9675 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9676 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9677 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9679 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9680 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9681 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9683 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9684 it references an outer function's frame. */
9685 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9687 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9689 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9690 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9693 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9694 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9695 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9696 loc_descriptor (loc));
9697 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9700 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9706 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9708 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9709 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9710 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9711 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9713 if (decl_die != NULL)
9714 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9720 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9721 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9723 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9724 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9726 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9730 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9731 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9733 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9735 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9736 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9737 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9738 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9739 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9741 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9742 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9744 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9745 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9746 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9747 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9749 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9755 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9756 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9759 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
9761 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9762 unsigned dimension_number;
9765 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9767 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9768 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9769 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9770 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9771 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9772 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9773 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9774 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9776 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9777 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9778 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9779 gen_array_type_die. */
9780 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9781 for (dimension_number = 0;
9782 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9783 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9786 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9788 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9789 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9791 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9794 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9795 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9796 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9798 /* Define the index type. */
9799 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9801 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9802 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9803 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9804 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9805 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9806 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9807 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9810 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9814 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9815 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9817 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9818 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9819 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9821 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9823 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9826 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9827 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9833 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
9837 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9845 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9846 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9849 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9850 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9851 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9852 even for bit-fields. */
9853 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9859 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9860 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9861 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9862 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9863 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9866 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9867 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9868 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9871 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9872 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9873 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9874 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9875 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9876 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9878 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9879 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9880 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9883 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9885 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9886 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9887 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9888 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9889 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9890 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9892 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9894 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9897 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9898 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9899 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9900 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9901 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9904 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9906 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9907 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9908 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9909 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9910 below must take account of these differences. */
9911 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9912 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9914 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9916 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9917 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9921 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9922 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9923 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9925 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9928 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9929 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9932 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9934 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9935 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9936 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9939 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9940 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9943 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9944 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9947 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
9949 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9950 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9951 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9954 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9955 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9959 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
9961 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9963 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9965 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9966 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9967 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9969 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9970 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9974 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9976 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9978 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9981 if (DECL_P (origin))
9982 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9983 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9984 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9986 if (origin_die == NULL)
9989 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
9992 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9995 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
9997 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
9999 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10001 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10002 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10003 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10004 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10007 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10008 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10009 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10010 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10014 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10017 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10019 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10021 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10022 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10025 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10026 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10029 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10033 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10034 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10036 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10037 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10038 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10040 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10041 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10042 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10043 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10044 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10045 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10048 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10049 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10050 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10051 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10053 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10054 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10055 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10060 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10063 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10065 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10068 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10071 pop_decl_scope (void)
10073 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10076 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10079 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10080 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10081 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10082 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10083 the current active scope. */
10086 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10088 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10089 tree containing_scope;
10092 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10096 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10098 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10099 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10101 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10104 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10107 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10108 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10109 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10110 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10111 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10113 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10114 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10115 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10117 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10118 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10119 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10120 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10121 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10126 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10127 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10130 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10131 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10134 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10137 scope_die = context_die;
10142 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10145 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10147 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10148 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10149 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10155 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10156 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10159 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10161 return (context_die
10162 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10163 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10164 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10167 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10168 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10169 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10172 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10173 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10175 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10176 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10178 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10179 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10180 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10181 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10182 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10183 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10184 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10186 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10187 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10188 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10189 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10190 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10193 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10194 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10195 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10198 if (type_die != NULL)
10199 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10202 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10203 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10204 was declared without a tag. */
10206 static const char *
10207 type_tag (tree type)
10209 const char *name = 0;
10211 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10215 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10216 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10217 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10219 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10220 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10222 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10223 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10224 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10226 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10228 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10231 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10234 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10235 for bit field types. */
10238 member_declared_type (tree member)
10240 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10241 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10244 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10245 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10248 static const char *
10249 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10252 const char *fnname;
10254 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10255 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10259 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10262 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10267 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10268 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10269 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10272 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10274 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10275 dw_die_ref array_die;
10278 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10279 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10280 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10281 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10282 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10285 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10286 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10287 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10289 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10291 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10292 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10293 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10294 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10298 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10299 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10300 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10301 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10302 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10303 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10304 for multidimensional arrays. */
10305 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10308 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10309 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10310 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10311 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10312 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10315 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10317 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10318 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10320 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10321 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10322 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10323 add_subscript_info. */
10324 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10325 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10326 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10328 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10331 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10335 gen_set_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10337 dw_die_ref type_die
10338 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10340 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10341 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10346 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10348 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10349 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10351 if (origin != NULL)
10352 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10355 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10356 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10357 0, 0, context_die);
10360 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10361 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10363 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10367 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10368 emit full debugging info for them. */
10371 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10375 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10376 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10379 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10382 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10384 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10386 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10387 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10388 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10391 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10394 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10396 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10398 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10399 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10400 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10403 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10406 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10408 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10410 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10411 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10412 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10415 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10416 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10417 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10421 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10423 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10425 if (type_die == NULL)
10427 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10428 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10429 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10430 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10432 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10435 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10437 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10438 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10439 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10440 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10444 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10445 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10446 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10447 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10449 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10450 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10451 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10452 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10454 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10455 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10457 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10459 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10460 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10462 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link),
10463 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link)))))
10465 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10466 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10467 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10469 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10470 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 1));
10475 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10480 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10481 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10484 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10485 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10486 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10487 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10488 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10489 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10490 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10491 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10494 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
10496 dw_die_ref parm_die
10497 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10500 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10503 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10504 if (origin != NULL)
10505 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10508 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10509 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10510 TREE_READONLY (node),
10511 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10513 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10514 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10517 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10518 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10519 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10524 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10525 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10535 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10536 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10539 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10541 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10544 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10545 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10546 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10547 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10550 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10553 tree formal_type = NULL;
10554 tree first_parm_type;
10557 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10559 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10560 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10565 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10567 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10568 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10569 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10571 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10573 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10574 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10577 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10578 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10579 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10580 && link == first_parm_type)
10581 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10582 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10584 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10586 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10589 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10590 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10591 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10592 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10594 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10595 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10596 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10597 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10598 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10599 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10602 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10603 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10604 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10605 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10606 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10609 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
10611 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10613 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10614 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10615 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10616 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10618 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10621 push_decl_scope (type);
10622 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10623 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10625 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10631 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10632 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10635 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
10637 dw_die_ref old_die;
10640 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10642 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10643 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10645 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10646 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10647 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10650 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10651 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10652 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10654 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10656 gen_type_die_for_member
10657 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10660 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10661 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10662 current_function_decl = decl;
10664 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10665 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10666 if (! was_abstract)
10667 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10669 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10672 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10676 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10678 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10679 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10680 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10684 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10685 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10686 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10688 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10689 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10690 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10691 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10692 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10694 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10695 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
10702 if (origin != NULL)
10704 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10707 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10708 inline function. */
10709 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10710 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10712 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10713 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10717 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10719 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10720 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10721 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10722 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10723 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10725 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10726 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10727 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10728 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10729 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10735 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10736 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10737 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10738 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10739 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10740 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10741 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10742 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10743 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10744 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10745 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10746 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10748 subr_die = old_die;
10750 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
10751 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
10752 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
10753 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
10754 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
10755 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10756 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
10760 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10761 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
10762 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10763 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10764 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10765 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10767 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10772 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10774 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10775 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10777 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10778 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10780 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10781 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10782 0, 0, context_die);
10785 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10786 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10787 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10789 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10790 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10791 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10792 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10797 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10799 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10801 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10802 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10803 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10804 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
10806 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
10807 later reused to represent definition. */
10808 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10811 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10813 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
10815 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10816 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10818 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10822 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10823 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10825 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
10828 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10830 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10832 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10833 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10835 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10836 current_function_funcdef_no);
10837 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10838 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10839 current_function_funcdef_no);
10840 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10842 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10843 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10845 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10846 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10847 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10850 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10851 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10852 variables is relative to one of them. */
10854 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10855 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10858 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10859 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10860 if (current_function_needs_context)
10861 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10862 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10866 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10867 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10868 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10869 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10870 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10871 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10872 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10873 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10874 an ellipsis at the end. */
10876 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10877 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10878 its formal parameters. */
10879 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10881 else if (declaration)
10882 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10885 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10886 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10889 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10890 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10891 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10892 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10894 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10895 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10896 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10897 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10899 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10902 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10903 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10904 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10905 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10906 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10907 parameters at all. */
10908 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10909 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10911 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10912 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10913 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10915 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10916 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10919 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10920 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10921 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10923 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10924 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10925 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10926 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10927 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10928 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10929 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10931 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10932 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10933 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10934 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10935 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10936 constructor function. */
10937 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10939 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10940 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10942 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10943 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10945 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10946 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10948 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10949 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10956 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10959 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10961 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10962 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
10964 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10965 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
10966 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10968 if (origin != NULL)
10969 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
10971 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10972 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10974 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10975 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10978 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10979 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
10980 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
10982 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10983 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
10984 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
10986 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10988 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10989 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10991 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10992 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10994 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
10995 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11000 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11001 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11002 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11004 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11005 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11007 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11008 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11010 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11011 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11012 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11013 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11017 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11019 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11020 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11022 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11024 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11025 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11028 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11031 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11034 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11036 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11037 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11039 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11041 if (origin != NULL)
11042 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11044 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11046 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11047 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11050 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11052 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11053 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11054 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11056 && (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11057 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11058 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11060 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11061 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11062 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11063 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11064 it if it ever does happen. */
11065 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11068 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11069 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11074 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11077 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11079 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11080 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11082 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11084 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11088 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11090 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11093 add_ranges (chain);
11094 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11102 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11103 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11104 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11105 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11106 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11110 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11113 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11116 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11118 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11120 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11121 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11122 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11123 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11124 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11126 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11128 dw_die_ref subr_die
11129 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11130 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11132 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11133 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11134 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11135 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11136 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11137 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11138 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11139 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11140 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11143 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11144 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11145 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11146 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11147 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11148 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11149 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11150 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11151 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11152 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11153 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11155 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11158 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11161 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11163 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11165 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11168 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11169 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11170 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11171 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11174 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11176 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11177 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11178 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11181 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11182 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11184 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11185 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11187 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11188 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11189 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11190 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11192 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11193 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11197 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11198 Use modified_type_die instead.
11199 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11200 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11203 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11206 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11208 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11209 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11210 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11213 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11214 Use modified_type_die instead.
11215 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11216 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11219 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11222 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11224 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11225 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11226 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11230 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11233 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11236 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11237 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11239 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11240 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11241 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11242 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11245 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11248 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11251 char producer[250];
11252 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11255 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11259 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11260 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11261 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11262 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11265 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11267 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11268 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11269 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11270 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11271 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11272 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11273 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11274 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11275 strcat (producer, " -g");
11278 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11280 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11281 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11282 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11283 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11284 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11285 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11286 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11287 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11288 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11289 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11291 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11293 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11297 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11300 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11302 dw_die_ref type_die
11303 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11305 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11307 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11308 TODO: add string length info. */
11310 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11311 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11315 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11318 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11320 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11322 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11323 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11325 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11326 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11328 if (access == access_public_node)
11329 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11330 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11331 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11334 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11337 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11340 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11343 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11344 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11345 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11346 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11347 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11348 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11349 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11350 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11351 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11352 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11353 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11355 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11356 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11358 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11359 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11360 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11363 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11364 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11365 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11366 : access_public_node), context_die);
11369 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11370 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11372 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11373 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11374 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11375 do put them in the right order. */
11377 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11379 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11381 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11384 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11385 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11387 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11388 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11391 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11393 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11395 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11399 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11400 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11401 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11404 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11406 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11407 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11409 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11410 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11411 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11412 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11414 if (type_die && ! complete)
11417 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11418 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11419 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11422 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11424 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11425 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11427 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11429 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11430 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11432 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11434 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11436 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11439 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11441 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11442 then give a list of members. */
11443 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11445 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11446 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11447 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11448 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11449 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11450 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11452 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11453 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11454 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11455 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11457 push_decl_scope (type);
11458 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11461 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11462 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11464 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11466 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11467 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11468 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11473 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11475 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11476 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11477 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11478 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11482 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11485 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11487 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11488 dw_die_ref subr_die
11489 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11490 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11492 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11493 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11494 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11495 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11498 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11501 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11503 dw_die_ref type_die;
11506 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11509 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11510 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11511 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11512 if (origin != NULL)
11513 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11518 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11519 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11521 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11523 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11526 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11529 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11531 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11532 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11535 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11536 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11539 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11542 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11546 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11549 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11550 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11552 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11555 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11556 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11559 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11560 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11564 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11565 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11566 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11567 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11568 cloned type itself). */
11569 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11570 type = type_main_variant (type);
11572 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11575 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11581 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11582 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11583 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11584 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11585 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11587 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11589 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11590 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11591 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11595 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11596 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11597 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11599 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11600 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11602 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11604 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11608 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11609 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11613 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11614 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11617 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11618 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11619 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11620 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11624 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11625 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11626 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11630 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11632 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11633 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11636 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11640 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11643 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11646 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11647 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11648 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11649 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11650 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11651 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11652 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11653 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11654 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11655 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11657 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11659 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11662 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11663 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11664 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11669 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
11673 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11674 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11676 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11681 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11682 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11683 when appropriate. */
11692 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11696 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11703 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11706 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11709 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11711 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11714 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11715 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11716 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11718 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11721 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11722 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11724 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11729 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11730 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11734 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11738 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11739 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11747 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11748 things which are local to the given block. */
11751 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11753 int must_output_die = 0;
11756 enum tree_code origin_code;
11758 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11759 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11760 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11763 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11764 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11765 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11766 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11770 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11771 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11776 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11777 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11778 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11779 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11780 the current block. */
11781 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11782 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11784 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11786 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11787 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11788 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11789 must_output_die = 1;
11792 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11793 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11794 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11795 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11796 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11797 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11798 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11799 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11801 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11802 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11803 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11804 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11805 as being a "significant" one. */
11806 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11808 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11809 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11810 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11811 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11812 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11813 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11815 must_output_die = 1;
11821 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11822 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11823 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11824 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11825 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11826 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11827 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11828 if (must_output_die)
11830 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11831 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11833 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11836 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11839 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11840 all of its sub-blocks. */
11843 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11848 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11849 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11852 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11853 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11854 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11855 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11856 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11860 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11861 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11862 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11863 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11867 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11868 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11870 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11873 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11874 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11877 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11878 therein) of this block. */
11879 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11881 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11882 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11885 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11888 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
11890 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11893 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11894 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11895 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11896 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11897 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11898 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11904 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
11907 force_decl_die (tree decl)
11909 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11910 unsigned saved_external_flag;
11911 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
11912 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11915 dw_die_ref context_die;
11916 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
11919 /* Find die that represents this context. */
11920 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
11921 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
11923 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
11926 context_die = comp_unit_die;
11928 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11930 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11931 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
11932 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
11933 declaration die. */
11934 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11935 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
11936 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
11937 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11941 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
11942 gen_decl_die() call. */
11943 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
11944 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
11945 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11946 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
11949 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
11950 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11957 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
11958 If not then abort. */
11960 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11968 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
11971 force_type_die (tree type)
11973 dw_die_ref type_die;
11975 type_die = lookup_type_die (root_type (type));
11978 dw_die_ref context_die;
11979 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11980 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11981 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11983 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11985 context_die = comp_unit_die;
11987 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11988 type_die = lookup_type_die (root_type (type));
11995 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11996 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11999 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12001 tree context = DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing);
12002 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12003 /* Force out the namespace. */
12004 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12006 return context_die;
12009 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12010 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12012 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12013 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12016 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12018 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12020 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12023 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12025 if (ns_context != context_die)
12027 if (DECL_P (thing))
12028 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12030 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12034 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12037 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12039 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12041 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12042 they are an alias of. */
12043 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12045 /* Output a real namespace. */
12046 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12047 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12048 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12049 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12053 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12055 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12056 dw_die_ref origin_die
12057 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12059 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12060 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12061 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12062 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12063 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12064 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12068 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12071 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12075 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12078 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12084 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12085 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12088 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12089 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12090 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12091 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12092 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12095 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12096 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12097 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12099 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12100 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12101 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12102 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12103 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12104 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12105 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12106 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12107 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12109 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12110 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12113 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12114 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12116 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12117 have described its return type. */
12118 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12120 /* And its virtual context. */
12121 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12122 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12124 /* And its containing type. */
12125 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12126 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12127 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12129 /* And its containing namespace. */
12130 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12133 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12134 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12138 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12139 actual typedefs. */
12140 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12143 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12144 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12145 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12146 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12147 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12148 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12149 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12151 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12155 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12156 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12158 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12159 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12163 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12164 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12168 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12169 variable declarations or definitions. */
12170 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12173 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12175 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12177 /* And its containing type. */
12178 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12179 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12180 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12182 /* And its containing namespace. */
12183 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12185 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12186 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12187 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12189 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12190 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12191 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12193 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12197 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12198 anonymous unions. */
12199 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12200 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12202 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12203 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12208 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12209 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12212 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12213 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12217 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES)
12218 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12224 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12227 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12229 unsigned int file_index;
12231 if (filename != NULL)
12233 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12234 tree context_list_decl
12235 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12238 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12239 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12240 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12241 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12242 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12246 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12247 compilation proper has finished. */
12250 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12252 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12253 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12254 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12255 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12256 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12257 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12260 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12263 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12265 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12266 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12267 unsigned file_index;
12269 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12275 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12276 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12279 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12280 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12282 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12283 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12284 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12286 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12288 /* For TYPE_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12289 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL)
12290 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12292 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12294 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12295 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12296 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12298 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12300 file_index = lookup_filename (input_filename);
12301 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12302 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, input_line);
12303 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12306 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12309 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12311 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12313 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12318 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12319 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12320 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12321 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12322 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
12325 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12326 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12327 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12328 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12329 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12330 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12331 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12332 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12333 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12334 with the definition of the function.
12336 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12337 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12338 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12339 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12340 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12341 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12342 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12343 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12344 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12345 that they *are* definitions).
12347 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12348 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12349 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12350 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12351 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12352 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12355 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12356 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12357 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12358 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12359 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12360 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12361 context_die = NULL;
12365 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12366 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12367 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12368 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12369 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12370 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12371 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12372 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12373 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12376 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12377 variable declarations or definitions. */
12378 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12382 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12383 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12385 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12390 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12391 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12394 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12395 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12396 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12398 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12399 comparisons have. */
12400 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12401 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12402 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12403 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12404 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12409 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12410 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12413 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12414 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12415 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12416 context_die = NULL;
12424 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12427 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12428 a lexical block. */
12431 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12432 unsigned int blocknum)
12434 function_section (current_function_decl);
12435 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12438 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12442 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12444 function_section (current_function_decl);
12445 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12448 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12449 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12451 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12452 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12453 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12456 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12460 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12461 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12462 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12468 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12469 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12470 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12471 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12472 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12473 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12474 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12475 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12476 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12480 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
12483 char *save_file_name;
12485 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12486 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12487 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12490 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12491 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12492 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12495 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12496 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12497 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12498 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12500 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12504 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12505 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12506 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12507 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12508 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12514 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
12516 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12518 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12520 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12521 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12522 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12523 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12524 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12525 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12527 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12534 init_file_table (void)
12536 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12537 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12538 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12540 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12541 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12542 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12543 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12546 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12547 and record information relating to this source line, in
12548 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12551 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
12553 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12556 function_section (current_function_decl);
12558 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12559 if (flag_debug_asm)
12560 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12563 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12565 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12567 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12569 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12570 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12572 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12573 line_info_table_in_use++;
12575 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12576 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12577 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12579 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12581 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12582 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12583 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12585 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12586 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12587 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12589 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12590 separate_line_info_table
12591 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12592 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12593 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12594 memset (separate_line_info_table
12595 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
12597 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12598 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12601 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12603 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12604 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12605 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12606 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12610 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12612 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12613 line_info_table_in_use);
12615 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12616 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12618 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12620 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12621 (line_info_table_allocated
12622 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12623 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12624 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12627 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12628 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12629 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12630 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12635 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12638 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
12640 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12642 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12643 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12645 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12646 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12649 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12651 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12652 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12653 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12655 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12656 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12657 "Filename we just started");
12661 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12664 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12666 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12667 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12668 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12670 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12672 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12677 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12678 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12679 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12682 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12683 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12685 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12687 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12688 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12689 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12690 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12694 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12695 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12696 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12699 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12700 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12702 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12704 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12706 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12707 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12711 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12714 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12716 init_file_table ();
12718 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12719 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12720 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12721 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12722 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12724 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12725 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12727 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12728 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12729 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12730 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12731 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12732 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12734 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12735 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12736 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12737 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12739 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12740 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12742 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12743 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12744 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12745 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12746 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12747 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12748 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12750 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12752 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12754 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12755 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12756 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12757 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12758 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12760 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12762 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12763 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12764 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12765 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12766 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12767 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12768 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12769 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12770 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12771 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12772 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12773 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12775 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12777 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12778 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12779 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12780 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12783 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12786 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12790 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12791 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12794 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12796 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12798 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12800 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12801 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12802 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12810 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12811 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12814 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
12818 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12819 prune_unmark_dies (c);
12823 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12824 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12827 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
12831 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
12833 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
12835 /* A reference to another DIE.
12836 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12837 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
12839 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
12841 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12842 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
12843 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
12849 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12850 to DIE's children. */
12853 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
12857 if (die->die_mark == 0)
12859 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12862 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12863 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12864 if (die->die_parent)
12865 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
12867 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12868 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12870 /* If this node is a specification,
12871 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12872 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
12873 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
12876 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
12878 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12879 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12883 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12885 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12886 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12887 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
12888 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
12890 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12896 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12899 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
12903 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12907 switch (die->die_tag) {
12908 case DW_TAG_const_type:
12909 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
12910 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
12911 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
12912 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
12913 case DW_TAG_typedef:
12914 case DW_TAG_array_type:
12915 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
12916 case DW_TAG_union_type:
12917 case DW_TAG_class_type:
12918 case DW_TAG_friend:
12919 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
12920 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
12921 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
12922 case DW_TAG_string_type:
12923 case DW_TAG_set_type:
12924 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
12925 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
12926 case DW_TAG_file_type:
12927 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12931 /* Mark everything else. */
12937 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12938 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12940 /* Mark children. */
12941 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12942 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12946 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12949 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
12951 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
12952 if (!die->die_mark)
12956 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
12961 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
12969 die->die_child = n;
12976 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12979 prune_unused_types (void)
12982 limbo_die_node *node;
12984 /* Clear all the marks. */
12985 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12986 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12987 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12989 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12990 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
12991 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12992 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
12994 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12995 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12996 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
12997 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
12998 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
12999 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13001 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13002 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13003 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13004 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13006 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13007 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13008 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13009 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13012 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13013 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13016 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13018 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13019 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13021 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13022 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13023 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13024 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13025 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13026 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13029 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13030 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13031 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13032 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13034 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13039 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13040 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13041 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13042 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13044 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13046 next_node = node->next;
13049 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13051 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13055 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13056 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13058 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13059 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13060 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13061 else if (node->created_for
13062 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
13063 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
13065 (node->created_for)))))
13066 add_child_die (origin, die);
13067 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13068 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13069 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13070 else if (node->created_for
13071 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
13072 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
13073 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
13074 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
13075 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13077 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13078 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13079 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13080 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13081 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13082 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13085 add_child_die (origin, die);
13092 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13094 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13095 emit full debugging info for them. */
13096 retry_incomplete_types ();
13098 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13099 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13100 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13102 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13103 prune_unused_types ();
13105 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13106 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13107 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13108 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13110 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13111 that have children. */
13112 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13113 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13114 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13116 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13118 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13120 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13121 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13122 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13123 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13124 examining the file. */
13125 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13127 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13128 output_line_info ();
13131 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13132 if (have_location_lists)
13134 /* Output the location lists info. */
13135 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13136 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13137 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13138 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13139 output_location_lists (die);
13140 have_location_lists = 0;
13143 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13145 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13147 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13148 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13151 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13152 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13153 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13154 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13156 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13157 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13158 debug_line_section_label);
13160 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13161 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13163 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13164 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13165 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13166 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13168 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13170 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13171 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13172 output_abbrev_section ();
13174 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13175 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13177 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13178 output_pubnames ();
13181 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13182 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13183 if (fde_table_in_use)
13185 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13189 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13190 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13192 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13193 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13197 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13198 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13200 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13202 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13205 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13207 if (debug_str_hash)
13208 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13212 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13213 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13215 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13217 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"